<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Wp216</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Wp216"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Wp216"/>
	<updated>2026-04-10T14:22:02Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732732</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732732"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:58:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality[http://theory.cm.utexas.edu/henkelman/pubs/sheppard08_134106.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://www.osti.gov/biblio/6251195]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTION DYNAMICS&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_timeeee.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by IR- higher vibrational energy will result in more intense overtone bands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;POLANYI&#039;S RULES&#039;&#039;&#039;[https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jz301649w] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules show how different forms of energy affect reaction rates. The rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient at activating a late barrier reaction than translational energy (the reverse is true for an early barrier reaction). According to Hammond&#039;s postulate an exothermic reaction, like F + H2, has an early transition state (it is an early barrier reaction) so, in order for the reaction trajectory to be reactive, translational energy must be greater than vibrational. For example setting p1 = 2 and p2 = -5 (high translational energy and low vibrational energy) results in a reactive trajectory (Fig. 11), swapping the two p values results in an unreactive trajectory thus the F + H2 system obeys Polnayi&#039;s rules - reaction will only &#039;go&#039; if translational energy is much higher than vibrational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fh2react.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 11: high translational energy, low vibrational energy - reactive trajectory for exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the HF + H reaction is endothermic, Hammond&#039;s postulate predicts that the transition state resembles products - late transition state (late barrier reaction). Therefore, according to Polnayi&#039;s rules, the reaction trajectory will be reactive only if vibrational energy is higher than translational energy). For example, setting p1 = -2.5 and p2 = 5 (high vibrational energy, low translational energy) results in a reactive trajectory but reversing the two values gives an unreactive trajectory. So the HF + H system also obeyes Polanyi&#039;s rules since, for an endothermic reaction, only systems with high vibrational energy should be reactive (fig. 12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hhfreact.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 12: high vibrational energy, low translational energy - reactive trajectory for endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REFERENCES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Daniel Sheppard, Rye Terrell and Graeme Henkelman, J. Chem. Phys, 2008, 128, 1-10 [http://theory.cm.utexas.edu/henkelman/pubs/sheppard08_134106.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A. C. Lasaga, Rev. Miner. States, 1981, 8 [https://www.osti.gov/biblio/6251195]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Z. Zhang, Y. Zhou and D. H. Zhang, J. Phys. Chem, 2012, 3, 3416-3419 [https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jz301649w]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732731</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732731"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:57:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality.[1][http://theory.cm.utexas.edu/henkelman/pubs/sheppard08_134106.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;[2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTION DYNAMICS&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_timeeee.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by IR- higher vibrational energy will result in more intense overtone bands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;POLANYI&#039;S RULES&#039;&#039;&#039;[3] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules show how different forms of energy affect reaction rates. The rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient at activating a late barrier reaction than translational energy (the reverse is true for an early barrier reaction). According to Hammond&#039;s postulate an exothermic reaction, like F + H2, has an early transition state (it is an early barrier reaction) so, in order for the reaction trajectory to be reactive, translational energy must be greater than vibrational. For example setting p1 = 2 and p2 = -5 (high translational energy and low vibrational energy) results in a reactive trajectory (Fig. 11), swapping the two p values results in an unreactive trajectory thus the F + H2 system obeys Polnayi&#039;s rules - reaction will only &#039;go&#039; if translational energy is much higher than vibrational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fh2react.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 11: high translational energy, low vibrational energy - reactive trajectory for exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the HF + H reaction is endothermic, Hammond&#039;s postulate predicts that the transition state resembles products - late transition state (late barrier reaction). Therefore, according to Polnayi&#039;s rules, the reaction trajectory will be reactive only if vibrational energy is higher than translational energy). For example, setting p1 = -2.5 and p2 = 5 (high vibrational energy, low translational energy) results in a reactive trajectory but reversing the two values gives an unreactive trajectory. So the HF + H system also obeyes Polanyi&#039;s rules since, for an endothermic reaction, only systems with high vibrational energy should be reactive (fig. 12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hhfreact.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 12: high vibrational energy, low translational energy - reactive trajectory for endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REFERENCES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Daniel Sheppard, Rye Terrell and Graeme Henkelman, J. Chem. Phys, 2008, 128, 1-10 [http://theory.cm.utexas.edu/henkelman/pubs/sheppard08_134106.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A. C. Lasaga, Rev. Miner. States, 1981, 8 [https://www.osti.gov/biblio/6251195]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Z. Zhang, Y. Zhou and D. H. Zhang, J. Phys. Chem, 2012, 3, 3416-3419 [https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jz301649w]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732725</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732725"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:56:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality.[1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;[2]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTION DYNAMICS&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_timeeee.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by IR- higher vibrational energy will result in more intense overtone bands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;POLANYI&#039;S RULES&#039;&#039;&#039;[3] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules show how different forms of energy affect reaction rates. The rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient at activating a late barrier reaction than translational energy (the reverse is true for an early barrier reaction). According to Hammond&#039;s postulate an exothermic reaction, like F + H2, has an early transition state (it is an early barrier reaction) so, in order for the reaction trajectory to be reactive, translational energy must be greater than vibrational. For example setting p1 = 2 and p2 = -5 (high translational energy and low vibrational energy) results in a reactive trajectory (Fig. 11), swapping the two p values results in an unreactive trajectory thus the F + H2 system obeys Polnayi&#039;s rules - reaction will only &#039;go&#039; if translational energy is much higher than vibrational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fh2react.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 11: high translational energy, low vibrational energy - reactive trajectory for exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the HF + H reaction is endothermic, Hammond&#039;s postulate predicts that the transition state resembles products - late transition state (late barrier reaction). Therefore, according to Polnayi&#039;s rules, the reaction trajectory will be reactive only if vibrational energy is higher than translational energy). For example, setting p1 = -2.5 and p2 = 5 (high vibrational energy, low translational energy) results in a reactive trajectory but reversing the two values gives an unreactive trajectory. So the HF + H system also obeyes Polanyi&#039;s rules since, for an endothermic reaction, only systems with high vibrational energy should be reactive (fig. 12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hhfreact.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 12: high vibrational energy, low translational energy - reactive trajectory for endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REFERENCES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Daniel Sheppard, Rye Terrell and Graeme Henkelman, J. Chem. Phys, 2008, 128, 1-10 [http://theory.cm.utexas.edu/henkelman/pubs/sheppard08_134106.pdf]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. A. C. Lasaga, Rev. Miner. States, 1981, 8 [https://www.osti.gov/biblio/6251195]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Z. Zhang, Y. Zhou and D. H. Zhang, J. Phys. Chem, 2012, 3, 3416-3419 [https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jz301649w]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Hhfreact.PNG&amp;diff=732676</id>
		<title>File:Hhfreact.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Hhfreact.PNG&amp;diff=732676"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:46:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732674</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732674"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:45:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTION DYNAMICS&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_timeeee.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by IR- higher vibrational energy will result in more intense overtone bands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;POLANYI&#039;S RULES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules show how different forms of energy affect reaction rates. The rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient at activating a late barrier reaction than translational energy (the reverse is true for an early barrier reaction). According to Hammond&#039;s postulate an exothermic reaction, like F + H2, has an early transition state (it is an early barrier reaction) so, in order for the reaction trajectory to be reactive, translational energy must be greater than vibrational. For example setting p1 = 2 and p2 = -5 (high translational energy and low vibrational energy) results in a reactive trajectory (Fig. 11), swapping the two p values results in an unreactive trajectory thus the F + H2 system obeys Polnayi&#039;s rules - reaction will only &#039;go&#039; if translational energy is much higher than vibrational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fh2react.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 11: high translational energy, low vibrational energy - reactive trajectory for exothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the HF + H reaction is endothermic, Hammond&#039;s postulate predicts that the transition state resembles products - late transition state (late barrier reaction). Therefore, according to Polnayi&#039;s rules, the reaction trajectory will be reactive only if vibrational energy is higher than translational energy). For example, setting p1 = -2.5 and p2 = 5 (high vibrational energy, low translational energy) results in a reactive trajectory but reversing the two values gives an unreactive trajectory. So the HF + H system also obeyes Polanyi&#039;s rules since, for an endothermic reaction, only systems with high vibrational energy should be reactive (fig. 12).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:hhfreact.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 12: high vibrational energy, low translational energy - reactive trajectory for endothermic reaction]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732626</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732626"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:35:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTION DYNAMICS&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_timeeee.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by determining any enthalpy changes through calorimetry (translational energy). Photochemical methods could be used to determine the vibrational energy by looking at energy of photons emitted by a vibrating bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;POLANYI&#039;S RULES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules show how different forms of energy affect reaction rates. The rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient at activating a late barrier reaction than translational energy (the reverse is true for an early barrier reaction). According to Hammond&#039;s postulate an exothermic reaction, like F + H2, has an early transition state (it is an early barrier reaction) so, in order for the reaction trajectory to be reactive, translational energy must be greater than vibrational. For example setting p1 = 2 and p2 = -5 (high translational energy and low vibrational energy) results in a reactive trajectory (Fig. 11), swapping the two p values results in an unreactive trajectory thus the F + H2 system obeys Polnayi&#039;s rules - reaction will only &#039;go&#039; if translational energy is much higher than vibrational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fh2react.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 11: high translational energy, low vibrational energy - reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the HF + H reaction is endothermic, Hammond&#039;s postulate predicts that the transition state resembles products - late transition state (late barrier reaction). Therefore, according to Polnayi&#039;s rules, the reaction trajectory will be reactive only if vibrational energy is higher than translational energy). For example, setting p1&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fh2react.PNG&amp;diff=732599</id>
		<title>File:Fh2react.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Fh2react.PNG&amp;diff=732599"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:30:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732596</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732596"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:30:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTION DYNAMICS&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_timeeee.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This could be confirmed experimentally by determining any enthalpy changes through calorimetry. Photochemical methods could be used to determine the vibrational energy by looking at energy of photons emitted by a vibrating bond. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;POLANYI&#039;S RULES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
p1(H-H) = vibrational energy, p2 (F-H) = translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s rules show how different forms of energy affect reaction rates. The rules state that vibrational energy is more efficient at activating a late barrier reaction than translational energy (the reverse is true for an early barrier reaction). According to Hammond&#039;s postulate an exothermic reaction, like F + H2, has an early transition state (it is an early barrier reaction) so, in order for the reaction trajectory to be reactive, translational energy must be greater than vibrational. For example setting p1 = 2 and p2 = -5 (high translational energy and low vibrational energy) results in a reactive trajectory (Fig. 11), swapping the two p values results in an unreactive trajectory thus the F + H2 system obeys Polnayi&#039;s rules - reaction will only &#039;go&#039; if translational energy is much higher than vibrational. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:fh2react.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 11: high translational energy, low vibrational energy - reactive trajectory]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732319</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732319"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:56:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTION DYNAMICS&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_timeeee.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732288</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732288"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:50:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_timeeee.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energy_timeeee.PNG&amp;diff=732285</id>
		<title>File:Energy timeeee.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energy_timeeee.PNG&amp;diff=732285"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:49:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Mom_time.PNG&amp;diff=732279</id>
		<title>File:Mom time.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Mom_time.PNG&amp;diff=732279"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:48:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732277</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732277"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:48:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732265</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732265"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:47:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 2: calculating the reaction path (MEP)]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 4: calculating the reaction trajectory (dynamics)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below (Fig. 5 and 6):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 5: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 6: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below (Fig. 7 and 8): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure 7: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 8: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An internuclear momenta vs. time graph (Fig. 9) shows that the amplitude of H-H bond vibration is much smaller than that of the H-F bond vibration. Since the F + H2 reaction is exothermic, excess energy is released into the surroundings. It can be assumed that this excess energy goes into increasing the amplitude of H-F bond (product) vibration. Since energy is conserved, a decrease in potential energy must result in an equal in magnitude increase in kinetic energy and this can be seen on an energy vs. time graph (Fig. 10) for this system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:energy_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 9: internuclear momenta vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mom_time.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 10: energy vs. time plot for F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reactive_traj.PNG&amp;diff=732110</id>
		<title>File:Reactive traj.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reactive_traj.PNG&amp;diff=732110"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:21:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732108</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732108"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:21:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:reactive_traj.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: F + H2 reactive trajectory]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732092</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732092"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:19:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MECHANISM OF RELEASE OF REACTION ENERGY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions were set such that a reactive F + H2 trajectory was obtained: r(F-H) = 2.3 Å, r(H-H) = 0.8, p(F-H) = -7.0, p(H-H) = -1.0&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732055</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732055"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:14:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732040</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732040"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:12:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.259 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.259 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732038</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732038"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:12:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.259 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.259 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|thumb|none|Figure: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:H%2Bhf_PE.PNG&amp;diff=732031</id>
		<title>File:H+hf PE.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:H%2Bhf_PE.PNG&amp;diff=732031"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:11:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:F%2Bh2_PE.PNG&amp;diff=732026</id>
		<title>File:F+h2 PE.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:F%2Bh2_PE.PNG&amp;diff=732026"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:10:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732023</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732023"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:10:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.259 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.259 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732018</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=732018"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:10:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 --104 = 0.259 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF: Ea = -103.741 --134 = 30.259 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Energy of reactants was determined from energy vs. time plots (MEP calculation) displacing the bond lengths slightly from the transition state lengths. The energy vs. time plots can be seen below: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_PE.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 potential energy vs. time|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_PE.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF potential energy vs. time]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731712</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731712"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:23:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea = -103.741 -&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731684</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731684"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:19:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731681</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731681"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:19:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2 Transition state&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
H + HF transition state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731679</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731679"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:18:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is in equilibrium (or close to) with the reactants and not the products&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|Figure: F+ H2 Transition state|350px]] [[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|Figure: H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731675</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731675"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:17:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|F+ H2 Transition state|350px]] [[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731667</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731667"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:16:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|350px|F+ H2 Transition state]] [[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|350px|H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:H%2Bhf_TS.PNG&amp;diff=731653</id>
		<title>File:H+hf TS.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:H%2Bhf_TS.PNG&amp;diff=731653"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:15:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:F%2Bh2_TS.PNG&amp;diff=731647</id>
		<title>File:F+h2 TS.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:F%2Bh2_TS.PNG&amp;diff=731647"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:15:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731646</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731646"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T13:14:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = 1.810 Å and H-H = 0.746 Å. The surface plot showing each transition state can be seen below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:f+h2_TS.PNG|400px| F+ H2 Transition state]] [[File:h+hf_TS.PNG|400px| H + HF Transition state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants: Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731269</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731269"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T11:29:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = and H-H =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants - Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731268</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731268"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T11:28:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = and H-H =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activation energy can be found by looking at the difference between the energy at the transition state and the energy at the reactants - Ea = energy of TS - energy of reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F + H2: Ea =&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731263</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731263"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T11:24:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surroundings. The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = and H-H =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING ACTIVATION ENERGIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731258</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731258"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T11:22:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surrounding The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released in the formation of an H-H bond does not exceed the energy needed to break the strong H-F bond therefore energy is taken from the surroundings and the reaction is endothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LOCATING THE [F-H-H]‡ (TRANSITION STATE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state for F + H2 and for HF + H will be the same: [F-H-H]‡. Hammond&#039;s postulate states that if a reaction is exothermic the transition state will resemble reactants and if a reaction is endothermic the transition state will resemble products (based entirely on which it is closer in energy to). Therefore for the exothermic  F + H2 reaction the transition state will resemble reactants (F and H2) - using the bond length of H-H (74 pm) and optimising the rough H-F length found by looking at the value that corresponds to 74 pm H-H on a contour plot the point at which the transition state for both F + H2 and H + HF occurs was found to be at the point where H-F = and H-H =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731122</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731122"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T10:21:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F) - the energy released from the formation of H-F greatly exceeds energy needed to break the weaker H-H bond so energy is released into the surrounding The reaction HF  + H is endothermic (reactants lower in energy than products) due to the strength of the H-F bond - energy released &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731116</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731116"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T10:15:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction F + H2 is exothermic (reactants higher in energy than products). The H-F bond formed is much stronger than the H-H bond that is broken (the H-F bond has high iconic character due to the high difference in electronegativity between H and F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731106</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731106"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T10:08:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731103</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731103"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T10:06:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory (TST) are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
6. There is negligible barrier recrossing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These are only assumptions and therefore not always true, if reactants really did behave as predicted by classical mechanics then the p1 = -2.5, p2 = -5.0 trajectory would be reactive as the assumption suggests any system that has enough energy to reach the transition state (overcome activation barrier) will go to products. That&#039;s clearly not the case in this example - the trajectory is unreactive due to barrier re-crossing which is assumed to be negligible in the TST. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the TST ignores barrier recrossing and other processes such as quantum mechanical tunnelling, and therefore assumes all collisions with enough energy to form the activated complex will be reactive, the rate of reaction predicted by the TST will be higher than it is in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731095</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731095"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T10:00:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The main assumptions of transition state theory are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The system is close to equilibrium &lt;br /&gt;
2. Reactant behaviour agrees with classical mechanics &lt;br /&gt;
3. The possibility of multiple reaction pathways is ignored &lt;br /&gt;
4. The transition state (activated complex) will be in equilibrium with the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
5. The reaction will always pass through the lowest energy transition state (saddle point)&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731086</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731086"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T09:53:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface. A saddle point is a stationary point (point at which gradient is equal to 0) but not an extremum point (not a minimum or a maximum). The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state and at a minimum is 0 but the two are not the same. We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative of the gradient: ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by and still go to completion, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY MAIN ASSUMPTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731074</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731074"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T09:45:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A stationary point is a point at which the gradient is equal to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A global maximum is the highest value a function/surface can take. There is only one global maximum but there can be multiple local maxima - a local maximum is the maximum value a function/surface can take in a particular region with no higher values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A global minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take. Again, there is only one global minimum but there can be many local minima - a local minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take in a particular area with no lower values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A saddle point is a stationary point (so gradient is 0) but not an extremum (not a min or max point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state or at a minimum is 0 but a transition state is not a minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
- We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative (At saddle point): ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY MAIN ASSUMPTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731073</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731073"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T09:45:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A stationary point is a point at which the gradient is equal to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A global maximum is the highest value a function/surface can take. There is only one global maximum but there can be multiple local maxima - a local maximum is the maximum value a function/surface can take in a particular region with no higher values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A global minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take. Again, there is only one global minimum but there can be many local minima - a local minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take in a particular area with no lower values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A saddle point is a stationary point (so gradient is 0) but not an extremum (not a min or max point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state or at a minimum is 0 but a transition state is not a minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
- We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative (At saddle point): ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY MAIN ASSUMPTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731072</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731072"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T09:45:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A stationary point is a point at which the gradient is equal to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A global maximum is the highest value a function/surface can take. There is only one global maximum but there can be multiple local maxima - a local maximum is the maximum value a function/surface can take in a particular region with no higher values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A global minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take. Again, there is only one global minimum but there can be many local minima - a local minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take in a particular area with no lower values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A saddle point is a stationary point (so gradient is 0) but not an extremum (not a min or max point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The transition state corresponds to a saddle point on a potential energy surface&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state or at a minimum is 0 but a transition state is not a minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
- We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative (At saddle point): ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
This is a reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards the products. There is no oscillation of B-C but the trajectory is slightly curved and suggests lengthening of the bond as A approaches. The resulting A-B molecule oscillates &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but the reaction paths does not go to products - falls back down to reactants since energy is too low to roll down to products from the transition state (this is an example of barrier crossing). The reaction path shows that B-C begins to oscillate as A approaches B-C&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory (another example of barrier crossing) - reaction path passes through transition state and goes to products. A approaches a non-oscillating B-C but the A-B formed in this reaction does oscillate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY MAIN ASSUMPTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731063</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731063"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T09:37:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A stationary point is a point at which the gradient is equal to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A global maximum is the highest value a function/surface can take. There is only one global maximum but there can be multiple local maxima - a local maximum is the maximum value a function/surface can take in a particular region with no higher values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A global minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take. Again, there is only one global minimum but there can be many local minima - a local minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take in a particular area with no lower values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A saddle point is a stationary point (so gradient is 0) but not an extremum (not a min or max point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The transition state is located at a saddle point (minimum energy path)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state or at a minimum is 0 but a transition state is not a minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
- We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative (At saddle point): ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches an oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
reaction does not pass through the transition state, falls back down to reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but then reaction does not go to products - falls back down to reactants (barrier crossing)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
barrier crossing - passes through transition state, falls in energy but ultimately reaches products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY MAIN ASSUMPTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731061</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=731061"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T09:36:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A stationary point is a point at which the gradient is equal to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A global maximum is the highest value a function/surface can take. There is only one global maximum but there can be multiple local maxima - a local maximum is the maximum value a function/surface can take in a particular region with no higher values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A global minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take. Again, there is only one global minimum but there can be many local minima - a local minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take in a particular area with no lower values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A saddle point is a stationary point (so gradient is 0) but not an extremum (not a min or max point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The transition state is located at a saddle point (minimum energy path)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state or at a minimum is 0 but a transition state is not a minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
- We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative (At saddle point): ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reactive trajectory - reaction path heads towards product. There is no oscillation before the transition state but oscillation after which suggests that A reacts with a stationary B-C molecule, and then the new A-B bond vibrates&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
this is an unreactive trajectory - reaction path heads back towards the reactants. It can be seen that A approaches and oscillating B-C molecule but energy is too low to pass through the activation barrier. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
reaction does not pass through the transition state, falls back down to reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but then reaction does not go to products - falls back down to reactants (barrier crossing)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
barrier crossing - passes through transition state, falls in energy but ultimately reaches products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY MAIN ASSUMPTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=729511</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=729511"/>
		<updated>2018-05-24T15:24:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A stationary point is a point at which the gradient is equal to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A global maximum is the highest value a function/surface can take. There is only one global maximum but there can be multiple local maxima - a local maximum is the maximum value a function/surface can take in a particular region with no higher values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A global minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take. Again, there is only one global minimum but there can be many local minima - a local minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take in a particular area with no lower values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A saddle point is a stationary point (so gradient is 0) but not an extremum (not a min or max point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The transition state is located at a saddle point (minimum energy path)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state or at a minimum is 0 but a transition state is not a minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
- We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative (At saddle point): ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reaction passes through the transition state and goes to products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reaction does not pass through the transition state, falls back down to reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
reaction does not pass through the transition state, falls back down to reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but then reaction does not go to products - falls back down to reactants (barrier crossing)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
barrier crossing - passes through transition state, falls in energy but ultimately reaches products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY MAIN ASSUMPTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PES inspection&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=729388</id>
		<title>MRD:01193130WP</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:01193130WP&amp;diff=729388"/>
		<updated>2018-05-24T15:08:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Wp216: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Exercise 1: H + H2 system&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A stationary point is a point at which the gradient is equal to 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A global maximum is the highest value a function/surface can take. There is only one global maximum but there can be multiple local maxima - a local maximum is the maximum value a function/surface can take in a particular region with no higher values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-A global minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take. Again, there is only one global minimum but there can be many local minima - a local minimum is the lowest value a function/surface can take in a particular area with no lower values nearby. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A saddle point is a stationary point (so gradient is 0) but not an extremum (not a min or max point)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-The transition state is located at a saddle point (minimum energy path)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- The gradient of a potential energy surface at a transition state or at a minimum is 0 but a transition state is not a minimum. &lt;br /&gt;
- We can differentiate between the minimum and transition state by taking the second derivative (At saddle point): ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; &amp;gt; 0 indicates a minimum and ∂&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;V(r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)/∂r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;i&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;  &amp;lt; 0 indicates a maximum (transition state).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ESTIMATING THE TRANSITION STATE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Estimated rts = 0.908 Å. The requirement for a transition state is that it must have r1 = r2 (due to its symmetrical nature) and since the TS is a stationary point, there should be no oscillation at this point. At r1 = r2 = 0.908 Å there is only very minimal oscillation (Fig. 1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TS est.PNG|thumb|none|350px|Figure 1: r1 = BC and r2 = AB it can be seen that at r1 = r2 = 0.908 there is no (or very minimal) oscillation.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CALCULATING THE REACTION PATH&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions were set such that the system was slightly displaced from the estimated transition state: r1 = 0.908 Å, r2 = 0.909 Å, p1 = p2 = 0. Calculation type: MEP (minimum energy path). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:mep_contour.PNG]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRAJECTORY&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same initial conditions were used with the calculation type set to &#039;dynamics&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:dynamics_contour.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP represents the path of lowest energy a reaction could proceed by, but it does not account for any motion of atoms which is an unrealistic approximation. The MEP calculation results in a straight line, with no oscillation. The dynamic calculation results in the reaction trajectory that shows oscillatory motion and is closer to what happens in reality. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The contour plot also shows that when r1 = rts and r2 = rts + 0.01 and we start at the transition state, we fall down to the products. For the case where r1 and r2 are reversed, the reaction falls back down to the reactants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;REACTIVE AND UNREACTIVE TRAJECTORIES&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! total energy !! reactive/unreactive !! plot&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || reactive || [[File:react_1.PNG|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
reaction passes through the transition state and goes to products&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456 || unreactive || [[File:react_2.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reaction does not pass through the transition state, falls back down to reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956 || reactive || [[File:react_3.PNG|200px | ]]&lt;br /&gt;
reaction does not pass through the transition state, falls back down to reactants&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 || -84.956 || unreactive || [[File:react_4.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
reactants come together, pass through TS but then reaction does not go to products - falls back down to reactants (barrier crossing)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 || -83.416 || reactive || [[File:react_5.PNG|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
barrier crossing - passes through transition state, falls in energy but ultimately reaches products&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSITION STATE THEORY MAIN ASSUMPTIONS&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;EXERCISE 2: F-H-H system&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Wp216</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>